Document:

Indenture dated as of December 11, 2003

 EXHIBIT 4.19 
  
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

  
 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

  
 ISSUER 
  
 7.5% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 
  

 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of December 11, 2003 
  

 The Bank of New York

  
 Trustee 
  

  

 EXECUTION VERSION 
  
 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

	 Trust Indenture
     Act Section

	  	Indenture Section

	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	   (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	   (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	   (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	   (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	   (b)
	  	7.10
	   (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	   (b)
	  	7.11
	   (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312 (a)
	  	2.05
	   (b)
	  	11.03
	   (c)
	  	11.03
	 313 (a)
	  	7.06
	   (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	   (b)(2)
	  	7.07
	   (c)
	  	7.06;11.02
	   (d)
	  	7.06
	 314 (a)
	  	4.03;11.02
	   (b)
	  	N.A.
	   (c)(1)
	  	11.04
	   (c)(2)
	  	11.04
	   (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	   (d)
	  	N.A.
	   (e)
	  	11.05
	   (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315 (a)
	  	7.01
	   (b)
	  	7.05;11.02
	   (c)
	  	7.01
	   (d)
	  	7.01
	   (e)
	  	6.11
	 316 (a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	   (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	   (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	   (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	   (b)
	  	6.07
	   (c)
	  	2.12
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	6.08
	   (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	   (b)
	  	2.04
	 318 (a)
	  	11.01
	   (b)
	  	N.A.
	   (c)
	  	11.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	 	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 	  	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE 1
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE

	 Section 1.01.
	  	 Definitions.
	  	1
			
	 Section 1.02.
	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	20
			
	 Section 1.03.
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
	  	20
			
	 Section 1.04.
	  	 Rules of Construction.
	  	21
	
	 ARTICLE 2
 THE NOTES

			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	 Form and Dating.
	  	21
			
	 Section 2.02.
	  	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	22
			
	 Section 2.03.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	22
			
	 Section 2.04.
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	23
			
	 Section 2.05.
	  	 Holder Lists.
	  	23
			
	 Section 2.06.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	23
			
	 Section 2.07.
	  	 Replacement Notes.
	  	34
			
	 Section 2.08.
	  	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	34
			
	 Section 2.09.
	  	 Treasury Notes.
	  	35
			
	 Section 2.10.
	  	 Temporary Notes.
	  	35
			
	 Section 2.11.
	  	 Cancellation.
	  	35
			
	 Section 2.12.
	  	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	35
	
	 ARTICLE 3
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

	 Section 3.01.
	  	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	36
			
	 Section 3.02.
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
	  	36
			
	 Section 3.03.
	  	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	36
			
	 Section 3.04.
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	37
			
	 Section 3.05.
	  	 Deposit of Redemption Price.
	  	37
			
	 Section 3.06.
	  	 Notes Redeemed in Part.
	  	38
			
	 Section 3.07.
	  	 Optional Redemption.
	  	38

  

 i 

	 Section 3.08.
	  	 Mandatory Redemption.
	  	38
			
	 Section 3.09.
	  	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
	  	39
	
	 ARTICLE 4
 COVENANTS

			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	 Payment of Notes.
	  	40
			
	 Section 4.02.
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	40
			
	 Section 4.03.
	  	 Reports.
	  	41
			
	 Section 4.04.
	  	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	42
			
	 Section 4.05.
	  	 Taxes.
	  	42
			
	 Section 4.06.
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	42
			
	 Section 4.07.
	  	 Restricted Payments.
	  	43
			
	 Section 4.08.
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	46
			
	 Section 4.09.
	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
	  	48
			
	 Section 4.10.
	  	 Asset Sales.
	  	51
			
	 Section 4.11.
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	52
			
	 Section 4.12.
	  	 Liens.
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.13.
	  	 Business Activities.
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.14.
	  	 Corporate Existence.
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.15.
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
	  	54
			
	 Section 4.16.
	  	 Sale and Leaseback Transactions.
	  	55
			
	 Section 4.17.
	  	 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.
	  	56
			
	 Section 4.18.
	  	 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.
	  	56
			
	 Section 4.19.
	  	 Effectiveness of Covenants
	  	56
	
	 ARTICLE 5
 SUCCESSORS

			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
	  	57
			
	 Section 5.02.
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted.
	  	58
	
	 ARTICLE 6
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

			
	 Section 6.01.
	  	 Events of Default.
	  	58
			
	 Section 6.02.
	  	 Acceleration.
	  	59

  

 ii 

			
	 Section 6.03.
	  	 Other Remedies.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.04.
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.05.
	  	 Control by Majority.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.06.
	  	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.07.
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	  	61
			
	 Section 6.08.
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	61
			
	 Section 6.09.
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	61
			
	 Section 6.10.
	  	 Priorities.
	  	62
			
	 Section 6.11.
	  	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	62
	
	 ARTICLE 7
 TRUSTEE

			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	62
			
	 Section 7.02.
	  	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	63
			
	 Section 7.03.
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.04.
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.05.
	  	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.06.
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.07.
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	65
			
	 Section 7.08.
	  	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	65
			
	 Section 7.09.
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	66
			
	 Section 7.10.
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	66
			
	 Section 7.11.
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
	  	67
	
	 ARTICLE 8
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	67
			
	 Section 8.02.
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	67
			
	 Section 8.03.
	  	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	67
			
	 Section 8.04.
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	68
			
	 Section 8.05.
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	69
			
	 Section 8.06.
	  	 Repayment to Company.
	  	70
			
	 Section 8.07.
	  	 Reinstatement.
	  	70

  

 iii 

	 
	 ARTICLE 9
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	70
			
	 Section 9.02.
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	71
			
	 Section 9.03.
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	72
			
	 Section 9.04.
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	72
			
	 Section 9.05.
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	72
			
	 Section 9.06.
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	73
	
	 ARTICLE 10
 NOTE GUARANTEES

			
	 Section 10.01.
	  	 Guarantee.
	  	73
			
	 Section 10.02.
	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
	  	74
			
	 Section 10.03.
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.
	  	74
			
	 Section 10.04.
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	75
			
	 Section 10.05.
	  	 Releases Following Sale of Assets.
	  	75
	
	 ARTICLE 11
 MISCELLANEOUS

			
	 Section 11.01.
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	  	76
			
	 Section 11.02.
	  	 Notices.
	  	76
			
	 Section 11.03.
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	  	77
			
	 Section 11.04.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	77
			
	 Section 11.05.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	77
			
	 Section 11.06.
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.07.
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.08.
	  	 Governing Law.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.09.
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.10.
	  	 Successors.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.11.
	  	 Severability.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.12.
	  	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	79
			
	 Section 11.13.
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	79

  

 iv 

 EXHIBITS 
  

	 Exhibit A
	  	 FORM OF NOTE

	 Exhibit B
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	 Exhibit C
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

	 Exhibit D
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

	 Exhibit E
	  	 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

	 Exhibit F
	  	 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

  

 v 

 INDENTURE dated as of December 11, 2003 between Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 7.5% Series B
Senior Notes due 2013 (each, a “Note”, and, collectively, the “Notes”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 
  
 “10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes” means the Company’s 10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2011. 

 
 “144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  

	 	(1)	 	Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including, without limitation,
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

  
 “Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture, in
accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
  
 “Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available,
less the Company’s Tower Cash Flow for such four-quarter period; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	the product of four times the Company’s Tower Cash Flow for the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available. 

  
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above: 
  

	 	(1)	 	 acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related
financing transactions, during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the calculation date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the 

  

 1 

	 	 
reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (2) of the proviso set forth in the
definition of Consolidated Net Income; 

  

	 	(2)	 	the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the calculation date,
shall be excluded; and 

  

	 	(3)	 	the corporate development expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in a manner consistent with the audited financial statements of the Company included in
the Offering Memorandum shall be added to Consolidated Cash Flow to the extent it was included in computing Consolidated Net Income. 

  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by”
and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

  
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect
to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and leaseback); provided that the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the Section 4.15 and Article 5 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	the issue or sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares or
shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), in the case of either clause (1) or (2), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions: 

  

	 	(a)	 	that have a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	for net proceeds in excess of $1.0 million. 

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 
  

	 	(1)	 	a transfer of assets by the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

 2 

	 	(2)	 	an issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(3)	 	a transfer or issuance of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such transfer or issuance does not result in a
decrease in the percentage of ownership of the voting securities of such transferee Unrestricted Subsidiary that are collectively held by the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(4)	 	a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; 

  

	 	(5)	 	grants of leases or licenses in the ordinary course of business; and 

  

	 	(6)	 	disposals of Cash Equivalents. 

  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at
the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). 
  
 “August 1999 Senior Note Indenture” means that certain indenture dated as of August 3, 1999 between the Company and the United States
Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, governing the Company’s 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2011.

  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S.
Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

  
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time
any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

  

	 	(2)	 	in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

  

	 	(3)	 	in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 

  

	 	(4)	 	any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

  

 3 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	United States dollars; 

  

	 	(2)	 	securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of
the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

  

	 	(3)	 	certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six
months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Senior Credit Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of
“B” or better; 

  

	 	(4)	 	repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial
institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

  

	 	(5)	 	commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and in each case maturing within six
months after the date of acquisition; and 

  

	 	(6)	 	money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1)-(5) of this definition. 

  
 “CCAIC” means CCA Investment Corp., which is an indirect
wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company and was formed to hold the Company’s Equity Interests in Crown Atlantic Holding Company LLC. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

  

	 	(2)	 	the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

  

	 	(3)	 	the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above),
other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have
“beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or indirectly, of
more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power rather than number of shares); provided that transfers of Equity Interests in the Company between or among the beneficial owners of the Company’s Equity Interests
and/or Equity Interests in CTSH, in 

  

 4 

	 	 
each case as of the date hereof, will not be deemed to cause a Change of Control under this clause (3) so long as no single Person together with its
Affiliates acquires a beneficial interest in more of the Voting Stock of the Company than is at the time collectively beneficially owned by the Principals and their Related Parties; 

  

	 	(4)	 	the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors; or 

  

	 	(5)	 	the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction
in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or
transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance); or 

  

	 	(b)	 	the Principals and their Related Parties own a majority of such outstanding shares after such transaction. 

  
 “Company” means Crown Castle International Corp., and any
and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Completed Tower”
means any wireless transmission tower owned or managed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, as of any date of determination: 
  

	 	(1)	 	has at least one wireless communications or broadcast tenant that has executed a definitive lease with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which lease is producing
revenue with respect to the tower as of the date of determination; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	has capacity for at least two tenants in addition to the tenant referred to in clause (1) of this definition. 

  
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period; plus 
  

	 	(1)	 	provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was included in computing
such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation,
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  

 5 

	 	(3)	 	depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; minus 

  

	 	(4)	 	non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business), 

  
 in each case on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of 
  

	 	(1)	 	the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
plus 

  

	 	(3)	 	the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with GAAP, whether paid or accrued and whether or not
capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated
with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant
to Hedging Obligations); plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	all preferred stock dividends paid or accrued in respect of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ preferred stock to Persons other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than preferred stock dividends paid by the Company in shares of preferred stock that is not Disqualified Stock. 

  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that 
  

	 	(1)	 	the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person other than the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 

  

 6 

	 	(2)	 	the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded; 

  

	 	(3)	 	the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded; and 

  

	 	(4)	 	the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded whether or not distributed to the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

  
 “Consolidated Tangible Assets”
means, with respect to the Company, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less the total intangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent internal consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who: 
  

	 	(1)	 	was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture; 

  

	 	(2)	 	was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time
of such nomination or election; or 

  

	 	(3)	 	is a designee of a Principal or was nominated by a Principal. 

  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof or such other address as
to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit
loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. 
  
 “CTI” means Crown Castle UK Limited, formerly known as Castle Transmission International Limited. 
  
 “CTSH” means Crown Castle UK Holdings Limited, formerly known as Crown Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd, and its successors.

  
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as Custodian
with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
  

 7 

 “Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio” means, as of any date of determination,
the ratio of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company as of such date to 

  

	 	(2)	 	the Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company as of such date. 

  
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 

 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in
the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the
right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. 
  
 “Eligible Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness other than: 
  

	 	(1)	 	Indebtedness in the form of, or represented by, bonds or other securities or any guarantee thereof; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	Indebtedness that is, or may be, quoted, listed or purchased and sold on any stock exchange, automated trading system or over-the-counter or other securities market (including,
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the market for securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act). 

  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock
(but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

  
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 8 

 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other
than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility) in existence on August 3, 1999, until such amounts are repaid. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the
Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Governance Agreement” means the agreement among the Company, TdF and its affiliates, dated as of August 21, 1998, to provide for certain
rights and obligations of the Company, TdF and its affiliates with respect to the management of the Company. 
  
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for
which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of
assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under: 
  

	 	(1)	 	interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates. 

  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

  
 “IAI Global Note” means the Global Note
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal
to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar
instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker’s acceptances or representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or representing any
Hedging Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued 
  

 9 

 expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by
such Person (the amount of such Indebtedness as of any date being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets as of such date or the principal amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person so secured) and, to the extent not
otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
from time to time. 
  
 “Indirect Participant”
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Notes” means the first $300 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
  
 “Initial Purchaser” means Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as the purchaser of the Notes from the
Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company issues any of its Equity Interests such that, in each case, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. 

 
 “Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes
receive a rating of “BBB—” or higher (with a stable outlook) from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (with a stable outlook) (or, if either
such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule
15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency). 
  

 10 

 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the
City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any
financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction). 
  
 “May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of May 17, 1999, between the Company and the United
States Trust Company of New York, as trustee, governing the Company’s 10-3/8% Senior Discount Notes. 
  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any
reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: 

  

	 	(a)	 	any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions); or 

  

	 	(b)	 	the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss. 

  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof; 

  

	 	(2)	 	taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); 

  

	 	(3)	 	amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility) secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of
such Asset Sale; 

  

 11 

	 	(4)	 	all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale; 

  

	 	(5)	 	the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Sale
and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale; and 

  

	 	(6)	 	without duplication, any reserves that Board of Directors determines in good faith should be made in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets for post closing adjustments;

  
 provided that in the case of any reversal of any reserve
referred to in clause (5) or (6) above, the amount so reversed shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale as of the date of such reversal. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(1)	 	as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

  

	 	(a)	 	provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness); 

  

	 	(b)	 	is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); or 

  

	 	(c)	 	constitutes the lender; 

  

	 	(2)	 	no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice,
lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity;
and 

  

	 	(3)	 	as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except that
this clause (3) will not apply to any Indebtedness incurred by CTSH and its Subsidiaries prior to the date CTSH became a Subsidiary). 

  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Offering” means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

  
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering
Memorandum dated December 4, 2003 relating to the offering of the Notes, including all amendments and all materials incorporated by reference in such Offering Memorandum. 
  

 12 

 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate
signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 11.04 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel”
means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

  
 “Participant” means a Person who has an
account with the Depositary. 
  
 “Permitted
Business” means any business conducted by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries or CTSH and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any other business related, ancillary or complementary to any such business. 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

  

	 	(2)	 	any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

  

	 	(3)	 	any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 

  

	 	(a)	 	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; 

  

	 	(4)	 	any Restricted Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof;

  

	 	(5)	 	any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 

  

	 	(6)	 	receivables created in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(7)	 	loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time
outstanding; 

  

	 	(8)	 	securities and other assets received in settlement of trade debts or other claims arising in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(9)	 	purchases of additional Equity Interests in CTSH for cash pursuant to the governance agreement as the same is in effect on the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Notes

  

 13 

	 	 
Indenture for aggregate cash consideration not to exceed $20.0 million since the beginning of the quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Notes
Indenture was executed; 

  

	 	(10)	 	Investments since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture of up to an aggregate of $100.0 million (each such Investment being measured as of the date made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 

  

	 	(11)	 	other Investments in Permitted Businesses since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture not to exceed an amount equal to $10.0 million plus 10% of the Company’s
Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding (each such Investment being measured as of the date made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 

  
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	Liens securing Eligible Indebtedness of the Company under one or more Credit Facilities that was permitted by the terms hereof to be incurred; 

  

	 	(2)	 	Liens securing any Indebtedness of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted by the terms hereof to be incurred; 

  

	 	(3)	 	Liens in favor of the Company; 

  

	 	(4)	 	Liens existing on the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture; 

  

	 	(5)	 	Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted
and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 

  

	 	(6)	 	Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clause (5) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and 

  

	 	(7)	 	Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture with respect to
obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that: 

  

	 	(a)	 	are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business); and

  

	 	(b)	 	do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary. 

  

 14 

 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany
Indebtedness); provided that: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the principal amount (or initial accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if
applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of expenses and prepayment premiums incurred in connection therewith); 

  

	 	(2)	 	such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

  

	 	(3)	 	if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

  

	 	(4)	 	such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded. 

  
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any such entity or
substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business). 
  
 “Principals” means Berkshire Fund III, Limited Partnership; Berkshire Fund IV, Limited Partnership; Berkshire Investors LLC; Berkshire Partners LLC; Centennial Fund IV, L.P.; Centennial Fund V, L.P.;
Centennial Entrepreneurs Fund V, L.P.; Nassau Capital Partners II, L.P.; and NAS Partners I, L.L.C. and any Related Party of the foregoing. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except
where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Public Equity Offering” means an underwritten primary public offering of common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as
of May 10, 2001 between the Company and the Initial Purchaser. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and among the Company and the
other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other
parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

 

 15 

 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a global Note substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Related Party” with respect to any Principal means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary of such Principal; or 

  

	 	(2)	 	any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, members, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest
of which consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 

  
 “Responsible Officer” with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other
officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means
Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule
904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Senior Credit Facility” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2000, by and among The Chase Manhattan Bank, Key
Corporate Capital, Inc. The Bank of Nova Scotia, as agents for the several lenders, and Crown Castle Operating Company and the Company as amended by the Amended and Restated Credit and Exchange Agreement, dated October 10, 2003, among Crown Castle
Operating Company and Crown Castle International Corp. de Puerto Rico, as borrowers, the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, and the several lenders thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time. 
  

 16 

 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that would be a “significant subsidiary” of such Person as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof, except that all references to “10 percent” in Rule 1-02(w)(1), (2) and (3) shall mean “5 percent” and that all
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company shall be excluded from all calculations under Rule 1-02(w). 
  
 “Special Interest” means all Special Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) then owing pursuant to Section 2(c) of
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such
Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Stockholders’ Agreement” means the agreement among the
Company and certain stockholders of the Company, dated as of August 21, 1998, to provide for certain rights and obligations of the Company and such stockholders with respect to the governance of the Company and such stockholders’ shares of
Common Stock and/or Class A Common Stock of the Company. 
  
 “Strategic Equity Investment” means a cash contribution to the common equity capital of the Company or a purchase from the Company of common Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in either case by or from a
Strategic Equity Investor and for aggregate cash consideration of at least $50.0 million. 
  
 “Strategic Equity Investor” means a Person engaged in a Permitted Business whose Total Equity Market Capitalization exceeds $1.0 billion. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

  

	 	(2)	 	any partnership: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 

  

 17 

 “TdF” means TéléDiffusion de France International S.A. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
  
 “Total Equity Market Capitalization” of any Person means, as of any day of determination, the sum of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the product of: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the aggregate number of outstanding primary shares of common stock of such Person on such day (which shall not include any options or warrants on, or securities convertible or
exchangeable into, shares of common stock of such person); multiplied by 

  

	 	(b)	 	the average closing price of such common stock listed on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System over the 20 consecutive business days immediately
preceding such day; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	the liquidation value of any outstanding shares of preferred stock of such Person on such day. 

  
 “Tower Asset Exchange” means any transaction in which the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries
exchanges assets for Tower Assets and/or cash or Cash Equivalents where the fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the Tower Assets and cash or
Cash Equivalents received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such exchange is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets disposed of in such exchange. 
  
 “Tower Assets” means wireless transmission towers and related assets that are located on the site of a
transmission tower. 
  
 “Tower Cash Flow” means,
for any period, the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that is directly attributable to site rental revenue or license fees paid to lease or sublease space on communication sites owned or leased by
the Company, all determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Tower Cash Flow will not include revenue or expenses attributable to non-site rental services provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to lessees
of communication sites or revenues derived from the sale of assets. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global Note
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered
in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
  

 18 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the
Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution; but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
  

	 	(1)	 	has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

  

	 	(2)	 	is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 

  

	 	(3)	 	is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 

  

	 	(a)	 	to subscribe for additional Equity Interests; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; 

  

	 	(4)	 	has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

  

	 	(5)	 	has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one executive
officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of the board resolution
giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. In addition, each Subsidiary of the Company that is an
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” as of the date hereof under the indentures relating to the Company’s existing indebtedness shall be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” for purposes of this Indenture. If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture, and any Indebtedness of that Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred
by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of Section 4.09 hereof). The Board of Directors may at
any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary and the designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference
period and (2) no Default would occur or be in existence following such designation. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election
of the board of directors of such Person. 
  

 19 

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date,
the number of years obtained by dividing: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the sum of the products obtained by multiplying: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof; by

  

	 	(b)	 	the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 

  

	 	(2)	 	the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or
other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

  

	 Term

	  	Defined in
Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale”
	  	4.10
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07

  
 Section 1.03. Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  

 20 

 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this
Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA’s reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of
Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires:

  
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it
in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (c) “or” is not exclusive;

  
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular; 
  
 (e) provisions apply to
successive events and transactions; and 
  
 (f) references to
sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
  
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE
NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. 
  
 The
terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions
and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  

 21 

 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto
(but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each
shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the
Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
  
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall
nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for
original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.08 hereof. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to
authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights
as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 Section
2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.
If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
  

 22 

 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as
Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to
Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company shall require each
Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying
Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for
the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each
interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, and the Company shall otherwise
comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  
 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A
Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor
Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company
in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or
(ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and
delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06, or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be
exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests  in 

  

 23 

 
the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in
the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
Person (other than the Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
  
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of
beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing
information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the
requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global
Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal
amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  

 24 

 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI
Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

  
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 25 

 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted
Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  

	 	(c)	 	Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

  
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by
the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

  
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being
transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (3)(c) thereof, 
  

 26 

 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  
 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee,
in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar
receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 27 

 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and
the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  

	 	(d)	 	Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. 

  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of
a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note,
a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in
reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates
and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  

 28 

 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A)
above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 29 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee
shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.
Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney,
duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under
the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  

 30 

 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a
Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not
affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount 

  

 31 

 
of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted
Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
  
 (g)
Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (i) Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each
Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: TWO YEARS] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN
DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT
PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR 

  

 32 

 
(E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON
THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii),
(d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.” 
  
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time
prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal
amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial
interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such
Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
  

 33 

 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any
Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall
be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to
register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of
selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such
Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
  
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

  
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the
Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements
are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from
any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.08.
Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are
all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note 

  

 34 

 
effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section
3.07(b) hereof. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07
hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
  
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or
an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

  
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes
have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as though not
outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for
temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this
Indenture. 
  
 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.
The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner, plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons 

  

 35 

 
who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such
special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at
the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount). 
  
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to
purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed as follows: 
  
 (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; or 
  
 (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a
pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. 
  
 No Notes of $1,000 of principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that
apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be
redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount of that Note to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion of the original Note presented for redemption will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the
redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 
  
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 
  

 36 

 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
  
 (1) the redemption date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price; 
  
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent
to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that, unless the Company
defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof,
Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
  
 One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued interest on all Notes, if any, to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts
necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or
the portions of the Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note
was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on
the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  

 37 

 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the
Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) Except as provided in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to December 1, 2008. On or
after December 1, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	103.750	%
	 2009
	  	102.500	%
	 2010
	  	101.250	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) Notwithstanding
the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time during the period after the date of the original issuance of the Notes until December 1, 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes originally issued at a redemption price equal to 107.500% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed on the redemption date with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings and/or Strategic
Equity Investments provided that: 
  
 (1)
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); and 
  
 (2) the redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of the
closing of such Public Equity Offering or Strategic Equity Investment. 
  
 (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

 38 

 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be
required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer
period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the aggregate principal amount
(or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and other senior Indebtedness of the Company required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (on a pro rata basis if Notes and other senior Indebtedness of the Company tendered are in excess of
the Excess Proceeds) (which maximum amount shall be the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other senior Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes
so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the
close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
  
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to
the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of
the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
  
 (a) that the Asset Sale
Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
  
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
  

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer
shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  
 (e)
that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
  
 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least
three days before the Purchase Date; 
  
 (g) that Holders shall be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of
the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  

 39 

 (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and other senior
Indebtedness of the Company surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in
denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful,
accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other senior
Indebtedness tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary
or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and
accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

  
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any
purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
  
 The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and 

  

 40 

 
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations;
provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03
hereof. 
  
 Section 4.03. Reports. 
  
 Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding,
the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes: 
  
 (1) quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, in the footnotes to the financial
statements and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (in each case to the extent not prohibited by the SEC’s rules and regulations): 
  
 (a) the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company; and 
  
 (b) the Tower Cash Flow for the most recently completed fiscal quarter and the Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow for the most recently
completed four-quarter period) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 
  

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports,
in each case within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations. 
  
 (3) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such information and reports with the
SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.
The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
  

 41 

 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 
  
 (1) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an
Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has
kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled
each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all
such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by
reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

  
 (2) So long as not contrary to the then
current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public
accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has
violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any
Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
  
 (3) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such
Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 
  
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the
failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
  
 The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury
law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

  

 42 

 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or
distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
  
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); 
  
 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or 
  
 (4) make any Restricted Investment, (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1)
through (4), including those occurring since the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture, being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
  
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (1) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of the Restricted Payment; and

  
 (2) the Company would have been permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be
required to comply with this clause (2) in order to make any Restricted Investment; and 
  
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph of exceptions below), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
  
 (a) 100% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for
the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal
financial statements are available at the 

  

 43 

 
time of such Restricted Payment (or, if the Consolidated Cash Flow for such period is a deficit, less 100% of the deficit), less 1.75 times the Consolidated
Interest Expense of the Company since the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed; plus 
  
 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999
Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and except to the extent such net cash proceeds are used to incur
new Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to clause (11) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof) or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into Equity Interests (other than Equity
Interests (or Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock); plus 
  
 (c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was
made after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of: 
  
 (A) the cash return of capital with respect to the Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any); and 
  
 (B) the initial amount of the Restricted Investment; plus

  
 (d) to the extent that any Unrestricted
Subsidiary of the Company and all of its Subsidiaries are designated as Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture, the lesser of: 
  
 (A) the fair market value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiaries as of the date of such
designation; or 
  
 (B) the sum of: 

 
 (x) the fair market value of the Company’s
Investments in such Subsidiaries as of the date on which such Subsidiaries were originally designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (y) the amount of any Investments made in such Subsidiaries subsequent to such designation (and treated as Restricted Payments) by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 provided that: 
  
 (i) in the
event the Unrestricted Subsidiaries designated as Restricted Subsidiaries are CTSH and its Subsidiaries, the references in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (d) to fair market value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiaries shall mean
the amount by which the fair market value of all such Investments exceeds 34.3% of the fair market value of CTSH and its Subsidiaries as a whole; and 
  

 44 

 (ii) in the event the Unrestricted Subsidiaries designated as Restricted Subsidiaries
are CCAIC and its Subsidiaries, the references in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (d) to fair market value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiaries shall mean the amount by which the fair market value of all such Investments exceeds
$250.0 million; plus 
  
 (e) 50% of any dividends
received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income
of the Company for such period. 
  
 The preceding provisions shall not prohibit:

  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60
days after the date of declaration of that dividend, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) the making of any Investment or the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated
Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds from the sale since the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the net cash proceeds are not used to incur new Indebtedness pursuant to clause (11) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09
hereof); and provided further that, in each case, the amount of any net cash proceeds that are so utilized will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph; 
  
 (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness with the net
cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of
the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture; provided that the aggregate price paid for all of the repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed (a) $500,000 in any twelve-month period and (b) $5.0 million in
the aggregate since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture; or 
  
 (6) the payment of scheduled dividends on the Company’s 12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2010, whether paid in cash or in kind through the issuance of additional shares of such preferred stock, all in accordance with the certificate of designations governing such preferred stock
as in effect on the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture. 
  

 45 

 The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such
designation would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be
Restricted Payments at the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph in this Section 4.07. All of those outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an
amount equal to the fair market value of the Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if the Restricted Payment would be permitted at the time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the
definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause a Default. 
  
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment
of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any property, assets or Investments required by
this covenant to be valued will be valued by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect to the determination will be delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with
respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; 
  
 (2) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (4) transfer any
of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The preceding restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (1) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date hereof, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole,
with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the applicable series of Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date hereof; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility that is permitted to be incurred
pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Credit Facility and Indebtedness contain only such encumbrances and restrictions on such Restricted Subsidiary’s ability to engage in the activities set forth in clauses (1) through (4)
of the preceding paragraph as 

  

 46 

 
are, at the time such Credit Facility is entered into or amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced,
ordinary and customary for a Credit Facility of that type as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors (and evidenced in a board resolution), which determination shall be conclusively binding; 
  
 (3) encumbrances and restrictions applicable to any
Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the same are in effect as of the date on which the Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, and as the same may be amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced;
provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to the dividend and other payment restrictions than
those contained in the applicable series of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary as in effect on the date on which such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  

(4) any Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued if
the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or default with respect to a financial covenant contained in the Indebtedness or agreement and the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the
Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company) and the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to pay interest or principal on
the Notes; 
  
 (5) this Indenture; 
  
 (6) applicable law; 
  
 (7) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock
of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time that Person is acquired by the Company (except to the extent the Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition),
which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, the
Indebtedness was permitted by the terms hereof to be incurred; 
  
 (8) customary non-assignment provisions in leases or licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described
in clause (5) in the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof on the property so acquired; 
  
 (10) the provisions of agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof;

  
 (11) any agreement for the sale of a
Restricted Subsidiary that restricts that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale; 
  

 47 

 (12) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
  
 (13) Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right
of the debtor to transfer the assets subject to such Liens; 
  
 (14) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements; and 
  
 (15) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into
in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 Section 4.09. Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
  
 The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively,
“incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided that the
Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock if, in each case, the
Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio at the time of incurrence of the Indebtedness or the issuance of the preferred stock, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of
proceeds from such incurrence or issuance as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, would have been no greater than
7.5 to 1. 
  
 The provisions of the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or to the issuance of any of the following items of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (1) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture in an aggregate principal amount (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) at any one time outstanding not to exceed the product of $150,000 times the number of Completed Towers on the date of such incurrence; 
  
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) the incurrence by the Company of the Indebtedness represented by notes issued on the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture; 
  
 (4) the issuance by the Company of additional shares of its 12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2010 solely for the purpose of paying dividends thereon and the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the
Company’s 12 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2010; 
  

 48 

 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (5), not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Disqualified Stock of the Company (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by
this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) or this clause (6) of this paragraph; 
  
 (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
  
 (i) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes of such series and that:

  
 (ii)(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer
of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  
 (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

 
 shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
incurrence of the Indebtedness by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; 
  
 (8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing
or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or currency exchange risk; 
  
 (9) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Indenture; 
  
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with the acquisition of assets or
a new Subsidiary and the incurrence by the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness as a result of the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of any such incurrence of
Acquired Debt, such Acquired Debt was incurred by the prior owner of such assets or such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such acquisition by 

  

 49 

 
the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the acquisition by the Company or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided further that, in the case of any incurrence pursuant to this clause (10), as a result of such acquisition by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company’s Debt to Adjusted
Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio at the time of incurrence of such Acquired Debt, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of the Company for
which internal financial statements are available, would have been less than the Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio for the same period without giving pro forma effect to such incurrence; 
  
 (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the sum of: 
  
 (i) 2.0 times the aggregate net cash proceeds; plus 
  
 (ii) 1.0 times the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of
Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee); in each case, from the issuance and sale, other than to a Subsidiary, of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company since the beginning of the
fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed (less the amount of such proceeds used to make Restricted Payments as provided in clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph or clause (2) of the second paragraph of
Section 4.07 hereof); and 
  
 (12) the incurrence
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture of additional Indebtedness and/or the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock in an aggregate principal amount, accreted value or
liquidation preference, as applicable, at any time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million. 
  
 In addition, the Company shall not: 
  
 (1) incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company unless such
Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness of the Company will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to
any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured; and 
  
 (2) permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt. 
  
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event
that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (12) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company shall,
in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify in whole or in part) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of
interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date hereof shall be deemed to have been incurred on
such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The debt represented by the Notes issued on the date hereof shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided
by clause (11) of the definition of Permitted Debt and the exchange notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes shall be deemed to be a Permitted Refinancing under such clause (11). 
  

 50 

 Section 4.10. Asset Sales. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

  
 (1) the Company (or the Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
  
 (2) fair market value is determined by the Board of
Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
  
 (3) except in the case of a Tower Asset Exchange, at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. 
  
 For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company’s
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any guarantee of the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any assets pursuant to a customary novation
agreement that releases the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and 
  
 (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted
by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 20 days of the applicable Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion. 
  
 Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net Proceeds to:

  
 (1) reduce Indebtedness under a Credit
Facility; 
  
 (2) reduce other Indebtedness of
any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) the
acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business; 
  
 (4) the acquisition of Voting Stock of a Permitted Business from a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that, after giving effect to the acquisition, the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary
owns a majority of the Voting Stock of that business; or 
  
 (5) the making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 
  

 51 

 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit
borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  
 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to constitute “Excess
Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and all holders of other senior Indebtedness of the Company containing provisions similar to
those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other senior Indebtedness of the Company that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be payable in cash and will be 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, if any. In the case of any other senior Indebtedness,
the offer price shall be 100% of the principal amount of the Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. Each Asset Sale Offer shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth herein and the other
senior Indebtedness of the Company. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use the remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal
amount, as applicable, of Notes and the other senior Indebtedness of the Company tendered into the Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro
rata basis. Upon completion of the Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or
assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

  
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above
and that the Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
  
 (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$10.0 million, an opinion to the Holders of the Notes as to the fairness of the Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
  

 52 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions:

  
 (1) any employment arrangements with any
executive officer of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with compensation arrangements of similarly situated executive
officers at comparable companies engaged in Permitted Businesses; 
  
 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) payment of directors fees in an aggregate annual amount not to exceed $25,000 per Person; 
  
 (4) Restricted Payments that are permitted under Section
4.07 hereof; 
  
 (5) the issuance or sale of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; and 
  
 (6) transactions pursuant to the provisions of the Governance Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, as the same are in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 Section 4.12. Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Lien securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens. 
  
 Section 4.13. Business Activities. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any
business other than Permitted Businesses, except to the extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  
 Section 4.14. Corporate Existence. 
  
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 
  
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership
or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and 
  
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and
franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the
Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Notes. 
  

 53 

 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
  
 If a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price, in cash, equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), to the date of purchase (the
“Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute a change of control and stating: 
  
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant
to this covenant and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
  
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000
in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 On the Change of Control
Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, 
  
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of the Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of the Notes so
tendered; and 
  
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. 
  

 54 

 The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered payment in an amount equal
to the purchase price for the Notes (the “Change of Control Payment”), and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered by such Holder, if any; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control
Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 The Change of Control provisions described above shall be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable to any Change of Control Offer. If the provisions of any of the applicable securities laws or securities regulations conflict with the
provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of the compliance. 
  
 The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases
all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. The provisions under this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived
or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
  
 Section 4.16. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided, however,
that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if: 
  
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have: 
  
 (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback
transaction pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; or 
  
 (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; 
  
 (2) the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at
least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the property that is the subject of the sale and leaseback transaction; and 
  
 (3) the transfer of assets in the sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of
such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. 
  

 55 

 Section 4.17. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company: 
  
 (1) shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); and 
  
 (2) shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any of its Equity Interests (other than, if
necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, unless, in each such case: 
  
 (a) as a result of such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or
other disposition or issuance, such Restricted Subsidiary no longer constitutes a Subsidiary; and 
  
 (b) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition or issuance are applied in accordance with
Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
issuance or sale of shares of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will not violate the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence if such shares are issued or sold in connection with (x) the formation or capitalization of
a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) a single transaction or a series of substantially contemporaneous transactions whereby such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by reason of the acquisition of securities or assets from
another Person. 
  
 Section 4.18. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of
Indebtedness. 
  
 The Company shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company unless such Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture governing the
Notes providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any Guarantee by a Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person other than a Subsidiary of the Company, of
all of the Company’s stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Subsidiary, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. The form of such Guarantee is attached as
Exhibit F hereto. 
  
 Section 4.19. Effectiveness of Covenants 

 
 The covenants described under Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11,
4.13, 4.17 and Section 5.01(b)(iv) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) will no longer be in effect upon the Company attaining Investment Grade Status. If at any time the Company’s credit rating is downgraded from
Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or
assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Company subsequently attains Investment Grade Status (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall again no longer be in effect for such time that the Company
maintains Investment Grade Status); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring after the Company attains Investment Grade Status and before any reinstatement of such 

  

 56 

 
Suspended Covenants as provided above, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to such reinstatement,
regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. 
  
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not: 
  
 (a) consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the
surviving corporation); or 
  
 (b) sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another corporation, Person or entity, unless: 
  
 (i) either (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (B) the entity or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 
  
 (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person to which the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made
assumes all the Obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default exists; and 
  
 (iv) except in the case of (A) a merger of the Company with
or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (B) a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction: 
  
 (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving corporation, the
Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio at the time of the transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as of such date for balance sheet purposes and as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the
most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of the Company for which internal financial statements are available for income statement purposes, would have been less than the Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio for
the same period without giving pro forma effect to such transaction, or 
  
 (B) in the case of any other such transaction, the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow of the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which the
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, at the time of the transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as of such date for balance sheet purposes and as if such transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the most 

  

 57 

 
recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of such entity or Person for which internal financial statements are available for income statement purposes,
would have been less than the Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio for the same period without giving pro forma effect to such transaction; provided that for purposes of determining the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated
Cash Flow Ratio of any entity or Person for purposes of this clause (d) the entity or Person will be substituted for the Company in the definition of Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio and the defined terms included therein under Section
4.09 hereof. 
  
 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.

  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is
merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition,
the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if
such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the
Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 6.01. Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default: 
  
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; 
  
 (2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
  
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
comply with the provisions described under Article 5 hereof or failure by the Company to consummate a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for 30
days after notice by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class, to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; 
  
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default: 
  

 58 

 (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the
Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of the default (a “Payment Default”); or 
  
 (b) results in the acceleration of the Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; 
  
 (6) failure by the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or 
  
 (7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
in an involuntary case, 
  
 (c) consents to the
appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 
  
 (8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (a) is
for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; 
  
 (b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
  
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
  
 If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare
all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest if any, on such Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default
specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company or any of its 

  

 59 

 
Restricted Subsidiaries, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing
Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
  
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

  
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in
the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have
been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising
any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the
rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder
of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
  
 (1) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

 

 60 

 (3) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
  
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
  
 (5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the
Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
  
 A Holder of
a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit
by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in Section
6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the
Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs
of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs
of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and
the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07
hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding,
shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  

 61 

 Section 6.10. Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due
under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest,
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders
of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for
Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and
the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01.
Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during
the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (i)
the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations
shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the
Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  

 62 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written and oral advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of
any agent appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company
shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
  

 63 

 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction. 
  
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may
become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must
eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other
document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee
of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Within 60 days after each May 1 beginning with the May 1 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee
shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report
need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the
SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
  

 64 

 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and
services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and
expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section
7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such
loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company
of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not
pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee
shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions
of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 7.08. Replacement
of Trustee. 
  
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and
appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
  
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  

 65 

 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to
the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (c) a Custodian or
public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the
Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $75 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  

 66 

 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT
DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at the option of its Board
of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article
Eight. 
  
 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding
Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such
Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged
hereunder: 
  
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to
receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due; 
  
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2
and Section 4.02 hereof; 
  
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and 
  
 (4) this Article Eight. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01
hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09,
4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the 
  

 67 

 outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection
with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01
hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

  
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in
trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 
  
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
  
 (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
  
 (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  

 68 

 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either: 
  
 (a) on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); or 
  
 (b) insofar as Sections 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) hereof are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of
deposit; 
  
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (6) the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
creditors’ rights generally; 
  
 (7) the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and 
  
 (8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been
complied with. 
  
 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to
be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject
to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to
Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 
  
 The Company shall pay
and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other
than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the
Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

 69 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the
Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the
Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times
and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such
money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
  
 Section 8.07.
Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable
to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of Notes: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of
Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5
hereof; 
  
 (4) to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of Notes; 
  
 (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  

 70 

 (6) to provide for the issuance of the Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in
this Indenture as of the date hereof. 
  
 Upon the request of the
Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15
hereof) and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class, (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes,
except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes, voting as a single class, (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for
purposes of this Section 9.02. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company
accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as
aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly
affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice
briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver.
Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class, may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this
Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  

 71 

 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or
waiver; 
  
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed
maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes, except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof; 
  
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
  
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); 
  
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than
that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (6) make any change in the
provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
  
 (7) waive a redemption payment (but not any payment pursuant to Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof) with respect to any
Note; 
  
 (8) except as provided under Article Eight hereof or in
accordance with the terms of any Note Guarantee, release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or make any change in a Note Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes; or 
  
 (9) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing
amendment and waiver provisions. 
  
 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust
Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this
Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may
revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and
thereafter binds every Holder. 
  
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of
Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation
about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
  

 72 

 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of
such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign
Amendments, etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or
supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture
until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents
required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE 10 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 10.01. Guarantee. 
  
 The provisions of
this Article 10 shall apply only to those Subsidiaries of the Company, if any, that execute one or more supplemental indentures to this Indenture in the form of Exhibit E to this Indenture in compliance with the requirements of Section 4.18 of this
Indenture. 
  
 Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors
hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each
Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the
same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding
first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  

 73 

 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the
Guarantors or any Custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 Each
Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as
between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such
obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the
exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. 
  
 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
  
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of
Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the
Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect
to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
  
 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit F shall be endorsed by an Officer of such
Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents. 
  
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be
valid nevertheless. 
  

 74 

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due
delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
  
 In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental
indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person) another Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 
  
 (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor,
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and 
  
 (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event
of Default exists. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger,
sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.
Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had
been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 Except as set
forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or
shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
  
 Section 10.05. Releases Following Sale of Assets. 
  
 In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other
disposition of all to the capital stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition,
by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be
released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation
Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the 

  

 75 

 
Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

  
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note
Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 
  
 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section
11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of
this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
  
 Section 11.02. Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Company: 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 570-3150 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 
 825 Eighth Avenue 
 New York, New York 10019 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 474-3700 
 Attention: Stephen L. Burns, Esq. 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 815-5915 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  

 76 

 The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and
communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back,
if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt
requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent
required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives
it. 
  
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders,
it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the
protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  
 Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as
to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application
by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section
11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  
 Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
  
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  

 77 

 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the
statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
has been satisfied; and 
  
 (d) a statement as to whether or not,
in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  
 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions; provided that no such rule shall conflict with
the terms of this Indenture or the TIA. 
  
 Section 11.07. No Personal
Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  
 Section 11.08. Governing Law. 
  
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or
debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 Section 11.10. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors. 
  
 Section 11.11. Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

 78 

 Section 11.12. Counterpart Originals. 
  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together
represent the same agreement. 
  
 Section 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings,
etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and
Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

 
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 79 

 SIGNATURES 
  
 Dated as of December 11, 2003 
  

	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ W. Benjamin Moreland

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 W. Benjamin Moreland

	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  

	 Attest:
	 	 /s/ Donald J. Reid, Jr.

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Donald J. Reid, Jr.

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Secretary

  

	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ M. Ciesmelewski

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Margaret M. Ciesmelewski

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President

  

	 Attest:
	 	 /s/ Patricia Gallagher

	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

	 	 	 Date: December 11, 2003

 EXHIBIT A 
  

[Face of Note] 

 144A Note CUSIP:     228227AX2          
 144A Note ISIN: US228227AX21          
 Reg S Note CUSIP:
    U2159JAF7         
 Reg S Note ISIN:
USU2159JAF76         
  
 7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 
  

	 No.     
	 	$            

  
 CROWN CASTLE
INTERNATIONAL CORP. 
  
 promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns,

 the principal sum of
                                       
                                        
                                        
 DOLLARS 
 on December 1, 2013. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 
  
 Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 
  
 Dated: December 11, 2003 
  

	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 This is one of the Notes
referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

	   as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

 [Back of Note] 
 7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 
  
 [Insert
the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1. INTEREST. Crown Castle International
Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.5% per annum from December 11, 2003 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and
December 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 1, 2004. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium and Special Interest, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 2.
METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the November
15 or May 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The
Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be
made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium on, all Global
Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 3.
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, United States Trust Company of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  
 4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as December 11, 2003 (“Indenture”)
between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the
“Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of
the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and may be issued in an unlimited amount. 
  

 A-2 

 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
  
 (a) Except as provided in clause (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes will not
be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to December 1, 2008. On or after December 1, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	103.750	%
	 2009
	  	102.500	%
	 2010
	  	101.250	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) Notwithstanding
the provisions of clause (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time during the period after the date of the original issuance of the Notes until December 1, 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes originally issued at a redemption price equal to 107.500% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed on the redemption date with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings and/or Strategic
Equity Investments provided that: 
  
 (1) at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); and 
  
 (2) the redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of the closing of such
Public Equity Offering or Strategic Equity Investment. 
  
 6.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 
  
 Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF
HOLDER. 
  
 (a) If there is a
Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each
Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company
shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (as “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash
in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale 
  

 A-3 

 Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any
purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
  
 8.
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 9.
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes
may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required
by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not
exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 10. PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the
Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change
that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the
payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes, (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to comply with Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture;
(iv) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture
or the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace
period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60
days; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with 
  

 A-4 

 respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of
Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is
required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or
Event of Default. 
  
 13. TRUSTEE
DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may
otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  
 15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),
and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 17. CUSIP
NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon. 
  
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written
request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Crown Castle International Corp., 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500, Houston, Texas 77057, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. 
  

 A-5 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

	 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note
to:________________________________________________________________________

	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	
	

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	

	
	

	
	

	
	

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	
	 and irrevocably appoint
____________________________________________________________________________________

	 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for
him.

  
 Date:
                             
  
 Your Signature:
                                        
                             
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 
  
 Signature Guarantee*:
                                     

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-6 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  
  ̈ Section
4.10                              ̈ Section 4.15 
  
 If you want to
elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  
 $                                      
    
  
 Date:
                                      
  
 Your Signature:
                                        
                                 
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 
  
 Tax Identification No.:
                                        
                     
  
 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-7 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
 following such decrease
 (or increase)

	  	 Signature of
 authorized officer of
 Trustee or Note
 Custodian

	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 

	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-8 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
  
 [Registrar address block] 
  
 Re: 7.5% Series B Senior Notes Due 2013 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2003 (the
“Indenture”), between Crown Castle International Corp., as issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
  
                                 , (the “Transferor”)
owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                        
(the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery
of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the
beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer”
within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation
S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United
States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y)
the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,
(ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements
of the Securities Act, and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the 
  

 B-1 

 expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a
U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will
take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and
accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

  
 OR 
  
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 OR 
  
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
  
 OR 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in
any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the
requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of
which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of

  

 B-2 

 the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other
Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	

	   Name:
	 	 
	   Title:
	 	 

  
 Dated:
                                     
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 
  
 [CHECK ONE OF (A) OR (B)] 
  
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in
the: 
  
       (i)    ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 
  
       (ii)   ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 
  
       (iii)  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 
  
 (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 
 2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 
  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 
  
       (i)    ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 
  
       (ii)   ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 
  
       (iii)  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 
  
       (iv)  ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 
  
 (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

  
 (c)  ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 
  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
  
 [Registrar address block] 
  
 Re: 7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 
  
 (CUSIP
                    ) 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between Crown Castle International Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                     , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified
herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note 

  

 C-1 

 
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued
will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest
in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities
Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

 C-2 

	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	     Name:

	     Title:

  

	 Dated:
	 	  

  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
  
 [Registrar address block] 
  
 Re: 7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between Crown Castle International Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $            
aggregate principal amount of: 
  
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
  
 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 
  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest
therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such
restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may
not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so
only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined
below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities
Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the
requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  

 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be
required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts
(each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	     Name:

	     Title:

  

	 Dated:
	 	  

  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE
DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of             , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. (or its permitted
successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 11, 2003 providing for the issuance of an unlimited amount of 7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the
terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture. 
  
 2. AGREEMENT TO
GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	 	Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its
successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

  

	 	(i)	 	the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 	 in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed
in accordance with the terms of the extension or 

  

 E-1 

	 	 
renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. 

  

	 	(b)	 	The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the
same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 

  

	 	(c)	 	The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to
require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 

  

	 	(d)	 	This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture. 

  

	 	(e)	 	If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting
in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 

  

	 	(f)	 	The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. 

  

	 	(g)	 	As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided
in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 

 

	 	(h)	 	The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the
Guarantee. 

  

	 	(i)	 	Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable
Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under
Article 10 of the Indenture shall result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  

 E-2 

 3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary
agrees that the Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  
 4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON
CERTAIN TERMS. 
  

	 	(a)	 	The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation, Person or entity whether or
not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 

  

	 	(i)	 	subject to Section 10.05 of the Indenture, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all
the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and

  

	 	(ii)	 	immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 

  

	 	(b)	 	In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee
and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor corporation shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes
issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees
theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

  

	 	(c)	 	Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

  
 5. RELEASES. 
  

	 	(a)	 	 In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of
all to the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the 

  

 E-3 

	 	 
capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture,
including without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its
Note Guarantee. 

  

	 	(b)	 	Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other
obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the Indenture. 

  
 6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture
or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  
 7. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. 
  
 8. COUNTERPARTS The parties may sign
any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 9. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof. 
  
 10. THE
TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are
made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
  
 IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  
 Dated:                     
  

 E-4 

	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL
CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 [OTHER GUARANTORS]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title

	
	 THE BANK OF NEW
YORK
         as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 E-5 

 EXHIBIT F 
  

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
  
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 11, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as trustee (the “Trustee”),
(a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue
principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the
Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
  

	 [NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 F-1Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 2, 2003

 EXHIBIT 4.20 
  
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 7 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 
  

  
 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement 
  
 December 2, 2003 
  
 J.P.
Morgan Securities Inc. 
 277 Park Avenue 
 New York, New York
10172 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchaser (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) its 7 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013. As an inducement to the Purchaser to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchaser thereunder,
the Company agrees with the Purchaser for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows: 
  
 1 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective
meanings: 
  
 “Base
Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement. 
  
 The term
“broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Business Day” shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday or other day in the City of New York on which banks are
authorized or ordered to close. 
  
 “Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued. 
  
 “Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the
time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose. 
  
 “Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the
Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the
Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective. 

 “Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities
that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or 3(d)(iii) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be
amended from time to time. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Registration Statement”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchaser and other persons who acquire Registrable Securities from time
to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Registrable Securities. 
  
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of December 2, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York,
as Trustee, as the same shall be amended from time to time. 
  
 “Majority Holders” means the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Registrable Securities satisfying the terms and conditions for registration under the
Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 “Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. 
  
 The term “person” shall mean a
corporation (profit or nonprofit), association, limited liability company, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” shall mean the
Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2003, between the Purchaser and the Company relating to the Securities. 
  
 “Purchaser” shall mean the Purchaser named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement. 
  

 2 

 “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided,
however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security when (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a)
hereof (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect
to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the 180-day period referred to in Section 2(a)); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement registering such
Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such Security is distributed to the
public pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; (iv) such Security is
eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k); or (v) such Security shall cease to be outstanding. 
  
 “Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof. 
  
 “Registration Expenses” shall have
the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 “Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405,
(ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing
Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly
from the Company. 
  
 “Rule
144,” “Rule 158,” “Rule 405” and “Rule 415” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall
be amended from time to time. 
  
 “Securities” shall mean the 7 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 of the Company to be
issued and sold to the Purchaser, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. 
  
 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended
from time to time. 
  
 “Shelf
Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  

 3 

 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned
thereto in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof. 
  
 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules,
regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may
be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision. 
  
 2 Registration Under the Securities Act. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company
agrees to file under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 60 days following the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange
Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company, which debt securities are substantially
identical to the Securities (and are entitled to the benefits of trust indenture which are substantially identical to the Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been
registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange
Securities”). The Company agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 180 days
following the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Company further agrees to use its
best efforts to commence and complete the Exchange Offer on the earliest practicable date, but no later than 30 Business Days after such registration statement has become effective, hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days and
exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only if the debt
securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material
restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Company having exchanged the
Exchange Securities for all outstanding Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange 
  

 4 

 Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not
withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company agrees (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use
in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the
Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration
Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e) hereof. 
  
 (b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt
securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Exchange
Offer has not been completed within 225 days following the Closing Date or (iii) the Exchange Offer is not available to any holder of the Securities, the Company shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the
Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act on or prior to 45 days after such filing obligation arises, a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or
delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the
“Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective on or prior to 90 days following the filing of
such Shelf Registration Statement and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities
outstanding, provided, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such
holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such
holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, provided,
however, that nothing in this clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii) hereof. The Company further agrees to
supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act
or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration and the Company agrees to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission. 

 

 5 

 (c) In the event that (i) the Company has not filed the Exchange Registration Statement
or Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) such Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not
become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has
not been completed within 30 Business Days following the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or
Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the
Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred
to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period”), then, as liquidated
damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest (“Special Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue in an amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000 in
principal amount at maturity of Registrable Securities for each week or portion thereof that the Registration Default Period continues for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the
liquidated damages shall increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount at maturity of Registrable Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum
amount of liquidated damages for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per week per $1,000 in principal amount at maturity of Registrable Securities. 
  
 (d) The Company shall take all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are
effected as so contemplated. 
  
 (e) Any
reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a
registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time. 
  

 6 

 3 Registration Procedures. 
  
 If the Company files a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall
apply: 
  
 (a) At or before the Effective Time of
the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. 
  
 (b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture,
the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture. 
  
 (c) In connection with the Company’s obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section
2(a) (the “Exchange Registration”), if applicable, the Company shall: 
  
 (i) prepare and file with the Commission, in no event later than 60 days following the Closing Date, an Exchange Registration Statement on
any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use all commercially reasonable
efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective in no event later than 180 days following the Closing Date; 
  
 (ii) promptly file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included
therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or
supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the
expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities; 
  
 (iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement,
and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the
Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration
Statement or the initiation or threatening of any 
  

 7 

 proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company
contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus
amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an
untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; 
  
 (iv) in the event that the Company would be required,
pursuant to Section 3(e)(iii)(F) above, to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities, without delay prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter
delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of
the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then
existing; 
  
 (v) use its best efforts to obtain
the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date; 
  
 (vi) use its best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or
blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of
offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to
consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to
qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

  

 8 

 (vii) use its best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency
or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; 
  
 (viii) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities,
not later than the applicable Effective Time; 
  
 (ix) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its securityholders within eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Registration Statement, an earning statement
(which need not be audited) of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder). 
  
 (d) In connection with the Company’s obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable,
the Company shall: 
  
 (i) prepare and file with
the Commission as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for
resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use its best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to
become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b); 
  
 (ii) not less than 25 calendar days prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities; no holder shall be entitled to be named
as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned
a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, holders of Registrable Securities shall have at least 20 calendar days from the date on which the Notice and
Questionnaire is first mailed to such holders to return a fully completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company; 
  
 (iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not
then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to
enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company; 
  

 9 

 (iv) promptly prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to
such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) hereof and as may be required by the
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly following its filing with
the Commission; 
  
 (v) comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such
Shelf Registration Statement; 
  
 (vi) provide
(A) the Electing Holders, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Agreement, shall include a person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act), if any, thereof, (C) any sales or placement
agent therefor, (D) counsel for any such underwriter or agent and (E) not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or
filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto; 
  
 (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of
business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such
financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers and employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries as shall be reasonably necessary, in the
judgment of the respective counsel referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence
and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such
registration statement of otherwise) through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality, or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental
agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the 
  

 10 

 Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set
forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus,
amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; 
  
 (viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders, any sales or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof (which notification
may be made through any managing underwriter that is a representative of such underwriter for such purpose) and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment
or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commissioner and by the blue sky or
securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the
Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by
Section 3(d)(xvii) or Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any
jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment
or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue
statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; 
  
 (ix) use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any
order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date; 
  
 (x) if requested by any managing underwriter or underwriters, any placement or sales agent or any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in
a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is 
  

 11 

 required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such managing underwriter or
underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold
by such Electing Holder or agent or to any underwriters, the name and description of such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect
thereof, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to such underwriters; and make all required filings
of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
  
 (xi) furnish to each Electing Holder, each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if
any, thereof and the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or, in the case of an Electing Holder, a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case
including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto
and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case may be) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary
prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and such other documents,
as such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder, offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by
such underwriter and to permit such Electing Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary
prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder and by any such agent and underwriter, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the
Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto; 
  
 (xii) use its best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under
such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder and each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and underwriter, if any, thereof shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect
and 

  

 12 

 
comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is
required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter to complete its distribution of Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take
any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2)
consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement between it and its stockholders; 
  
 (xiii) use its best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority,
whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable
Securities; 
  
 (xiv) Unless any Registrable
Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, and which
certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends; and, in the case of an underwritten offering, enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two
business days prior to any sale of the Registrable Securities; 
  
 (xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; 
  
 (xvi) enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, “best efforts” underwriting
agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, and take such other actions in connection therewith as the Majority Holders shall request in order to expedite or
facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; 
  
 (xvii) whether or not an agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof is entered into and whether or not any portion of the offering contemplated by the Shelf Registration is an underwritten offering
or is made through a placement or sales agent or any other entity, (A) make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance and

  

 13 

 scope as are customarily made in connection with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any
appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form applicable to the Shelf Registration; (B) obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company in customary form and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an
opinion, as the Majority Holders may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing Holder or Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf
Registration Statement (and if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering of a part or all of the Registrable Securities, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto) it being agreed
that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include in form, substance and scope those matters set forth in Section 7(b) of the Purchase Agreement; (C) obtain a “cold comfort” letter or letters from the independent certified
public accountants of the Company addressed to the selling Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if any, thereof, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the
effective date of any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for
a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf
Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such
prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such
documents and certificates, including officers’ certificates, as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders to evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above or those contained in Section
5(a) hereof and the compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company; and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement,
indemnification and contribution as are provided in Section 6 hereof; 
  
 (xviii) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected
pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; 
  
 (xix) in the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Registrable Securities or participate as
a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the 
  

 14 

 meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Conduct Rules”) of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) or any successor thereto, as amended from time to time) thereof, whether as a holder of such Registrable Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in
respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including by (A) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such
Conduct Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such
Shelf Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Registrable Securities, (B) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the
indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof, and (C) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Conduct Rules; 
  
 (xx) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission, and shall make generally available to its securityholders within eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, an earning statement (which need not be audited) of the Company and its subsidiaries
complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder); and 
  
 (xxi) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of the Securities, use its best efforts to confirm that such ratings
will apply to the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, or (B) if the Securities were not previously rated, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration
Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders. 
  
 (e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) above, to notify the Electing Holders, the
placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, the Company shall without delay prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders, to each placement or sales agent, if any, and to each such underwriter,
if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the
Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) hereof, such Electing Holder shall forthwith
discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received 
  

 15 

 
copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the
Company’s expense) all copies, then in such Electing Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. 
  
 (f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each
Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of
Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing
Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such
Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously
furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. 
  
 (g) Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates”
(as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
  
 4 Registration Expenses. 
  
 The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this
Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any NASD registration, filing and review fees and expenses including fees and disbursements of counsel for the Majority Holders in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and
expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) hereof and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such
jurisdictions as the Majority Holders may designate, including any fees and disbursements of the above designated counsel referred to in subclause (a) above in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the
preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the
foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities for delivery and the expenses of printing 

  

 16 

 
or producing any underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other
documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities
and the preparation of documents referred to in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and the counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses
(including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the
expenses of any opinions or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance), (h) fees, disbursements and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” engaged pursuant to Section 3(d)(xix)
hereof, (i) fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Majority Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (j) any fees
charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities, and (k) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the
“Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities or any placement or sales agent therefor or underwriter thereof, the Company shall
reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all
agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or
jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above. 
  
 5 Representations and Warranties. 
  
 The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that: 
  
 (a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities and each prospectus (including any
preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with
the Commission, as the case may be, and, in the case of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, at the time of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of
the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable
Securities pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) or Section 3(c)(iii)(F) hereof until (ii) such time as the Company 

  

 17 

 
furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(e) or Section 3(c)(iv) hereof, each such registration statement, and each prospectus
(including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof, as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust
Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing
to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein. 
  
 (b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a) hereof, when they become or became effective or
are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an
untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not
apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein. 
  
 (c) The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions
of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any Indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement
or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the by-laws of the Company or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or
body having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required
for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities, qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and such consents, approvals,
authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under State securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Securities. 
  
 (d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. 
  

 18 

 6 Indemnification. 
  
 (a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders
of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement and each person who participates as a placement or sales agent or as an
underwriter in any offering or sale of such Registrable Securities against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, agent or underwriter may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration
Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, Electing Holder or
underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and
will reimburse such holder, such Electing Holder, such agent and such underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred;
provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person
expressly for use therein. 
  
 (b)
Indemnification by the Holders and any Agents and Underwriters. The Electing Holders of such Registrable Securities included in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b) and 2(a) hereof and each person who participates as an
underwriter in any offering of such Registrable Securities, severally and not jointly, agrees to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company and all other holders of Registrable Securities, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which
the Company or such other holders of Registrable Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, or
any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder, or
underwriter expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in 

  

 19 

 
connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder or
underwriter shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable
Securities pursuant to such registration. 
  
 (c)
Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 6 (a) or (b) hereof of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an
indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve
the indemnifying party from liability under Section 6 (a) or (b) hereof unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses. In
case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish,
jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the
indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other
counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the
indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not
the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and
(ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
  
 (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) hereof are
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable to such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and
indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a 

  

 20 

 
material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if
the holders or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid
or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the
proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of
such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and
distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty
of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. 
  
 The holders’ and any underwriters’ obligations in
this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint. 
  
 (e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the
Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, agent and underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any holder, agent or underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and any agents or underwriters contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder, agent or underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, upon
the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act. 
  
 7 Underwritten Offerings. 
  

(a) Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold pursuant to
an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters
is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company. 
  

 21 

 (b) Participation by Holders. Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees
with each other such holder that no such holder may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by
the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements. 
  
 8 Rule 144. 
  
 The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the
extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act
referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 adopted by the Commission under the Securities Act) and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may
reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar or successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder’s sale pursuant to
Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. 
  
 9 Miscellaneous. 
  
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not
grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement. 
  
 (b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at
law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and that the Purchaser and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchaser and
such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. 
  
 (c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly 

  

 22 

 
given when received as follows: if to (i) the Company, to it at 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500, Houston, Texas 77057; (ii) a holder, to it at the address of
such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company; or (iii) to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith; provided, that notices of
change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. 
  
 (d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of
the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by
gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the
terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this
Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof. 
  
 (e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements,
representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any
holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, any agent or underwriter or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for
the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer. 
  
 (f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of New York. 
  
 (g) Headings.
The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

  
 (h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This
Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This
Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only 

  

 23 

 
by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any
Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such
Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder. 
  
 (i) Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any
business day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and this Agreement) at the offices of
the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) above and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture. 
  
 (j) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. 
  

 24 

 (k) If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to
us ten counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. 
  

	 Very truly yours,

	
	 Crown Castle International Corp.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ W. Benjamin Moreland

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 W. Benjamin Moreland

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Senior Vice President

  

 25 

	 Accepted as of the date hereof:

	
	 J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Patricia H. Deans

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Patricia H. Deans

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Managing Director

  

 26 

 Exhibit A 
  

Crown Castle International Corp.  
  
 INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS 
  
 (Date of Mailing)  
  
 URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED 
  
 DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE:             * 
  
 The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Crown
Castle International Corp. (the “Company”) 7 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Securities”)
are held. 
  
 The Company is in the process of registering the Securities
under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and
Selling Securityholder Questionnaire. 
  
 It is important that beneficial
owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by
            . Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed
materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact the General Counsel of Crown Castle International Corp., 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500, Houston, Texas 77057, telephone: (713) 570-3000. 
  

	*	 	Not less than 20 days from date of mailing. 

  

 A-1 

 Crown Castle International Corp. 
  
 Notice of Registration Statement 
 and  
 Selling Securityholder Questionnaire 
  
 (Date) 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement”) between Crown Castle International Corp. (the “Company”)
and the Purchaser named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form
     (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s 7 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Securities”). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement is
attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the
Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be
completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE             . Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who
do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable
Securities. 
  
 Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling
securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not
being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. 
  

 A-2 

 ELECTION 
  
 The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable
Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and
Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto. 
  
 Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the
Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and
represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete: 
  

 A-3 

 NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE 
  

(1) 
  

	 	(a)	 	(a) Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder: 

  

	 	(b)	 	(b) Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below are held: 

  

	 	(c)	 	Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below are Held: 

 
 (2) Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder: 

		
	 	 	

	 	 	  

	 	 	  

	 	 	 Telephone:

	 	 	 Fax:

	 	 	 Contact Person:
	 	  

  
 (3) Beneficial
Ownership of Registrable Securities: 
  
 Except as set forth
below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities. 
  

	 	(a)	 	Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:      

	 	  	 	CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:  

  

	 	(b)	 	Principal amount of Securities of the Company other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:      

	 	  	 	CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:      

  

	 	(c)	 	Principal amount of Registrable Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:     

	 	  	 	CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:       

  
 (4) Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company: 
  
 Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling
Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3). 
  
 State any exceptions here: 
  

 A-4 

	 	(5)	 	Relationships with the Company: 

  
 Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more)
has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years. 
  
 State any exceptions here:
                                        
                                        
                                        
                            
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        

  

	 	(6)	 	Plan of Distribution: 

  
 Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as
follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through
underwriters or broker-dealers, the Selling Securityholder will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agents’ commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing
market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or
quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv)
through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable
Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to
broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities. 
  
 State any exceptions
here:                                       
                                        
                                        
                              
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        

  
 By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands
its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M. 
  
 In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the
date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration
Rights Agreement. 
  

 A-5 

 By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its
answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection
with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. 
  
 In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement,
the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect.
All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows: 
  

	 (i) To the Company:
	  	 Crown Castle International Corp.

	 	  	 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500

	 	  	 Houston, Texas 77057

	 	  	 Attention: General Counsel

		
	 (ii) With a copy to:
	  	 Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

	 	  	 Worldwide Plaza

	 	  	 825 Eighth Avenue

	 	  	 New York, New York 10019

	 	  	 Attention: Stephen L. Burns, Esq.

  
 Once this Notice and Questionnaire is
executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be
enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3)
above). This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent. 
  
 Dated:
                         
  

 A-6 

	

	 Selling Securityholder

	 (Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)

	
	 By:

	 Name:

	 Title:

  
 PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND
EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE              TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT: 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 A-7 

 Exhibit B 
  

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 c/o The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

  

	 	Re:	 	Crown Castle International Corp. (the “Company”) 

 7 1/2% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Senior Notes”) 
  
 Dear Sirs: 
  
 Please be advised that              has transferred
$             aggregate principal amount of the above referenced Senior Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form
             (File No. 333-            ) filed by the Company. 
  
 We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Senior Notes is named as a “Selling Securityholder” in the Prospectus dated
             or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s
name. 
  
 Dated: 
  

	 Very truly yours,

		
	 	 	

	 	 	 (Name)

		
	 By:
	 	

	 	 	 (Authorized Signature)

  

 B-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}]]